blob: 55c3fcdca4820794dd21e19394b91bd56a9f6131 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100541- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200542 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100543
544 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
545 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
546 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200548 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200549
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100550 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
551 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200552 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200554
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000593 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
594
595 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
596 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
597 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
598 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
599 GCC.
600
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Garg7f17aed2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Garg245defa2014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000607
608 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
609 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
610 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
611 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
612 set these options unless they apply!
613
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000614- CPU timer options:
615 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
616
617 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
618 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
619 option must be set to 1000.
620
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000621- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
623
624 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
625 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
626 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
627 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
628 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
629 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
630 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000631 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100632 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 default environment.
634
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000635 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
636
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200637 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000638 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
639 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
640
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400641 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200642
643 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400644 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
645 concepts).
646
647 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
648 * New libfdt-based support
649 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500650 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400651
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200652 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
653 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
654 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
655 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200656 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600657 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200658
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200659 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
660 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500661
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600662 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
663
664 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
665 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000666
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500667 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
668
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200669 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500670 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
671
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200672 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
673
674 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
675 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
676 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
677 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
678 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
679 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
680
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000681 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
682
683 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
684 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
685 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
686 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
687 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
688 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
689 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
690
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100691- vxWorks boot parameters:
692
693 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
694 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
695 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
696
697 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
698 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
699 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
700 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
701
702 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
703
704 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
705
706 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
707 the defaults discussed just above.
708
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000709- Cache Configuration:
710 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
711 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
712 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
713
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000714- Cache Configuration for ARM:
715 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
716 controller
717 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
718 controller register space
719
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000720- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200721 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000722
723 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
724
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200725 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000726
727 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
728
729 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
730
731 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
732 the clock speed of the UARTs.
733
734 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
735
736 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
737 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
738 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
739
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000740 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
741
742 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
743 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
744 this variable to initialize the extra register.
745
746 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
747
748 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
749 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
750 variable to flush the UART at init time.
751
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766
767 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
768 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000769 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
771 (default big endian)
772 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
773 rectangle fill
774 (cf. smiLynxEM)
775 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
776 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
777 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
778 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000779 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
780 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
782 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000783 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
785 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
786 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
787 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
788 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
789 (i.e. i8042_getc)
790 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
791 (requires blink timer
792 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200793 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
795 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
798 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000799 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
800 linux_logo.h for logo.
801 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200803 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804 the logo
805
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000806 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
807 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
808 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
809
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000810 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
811 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
812 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000814 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
815 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
816 the "silent" environment variable. See
817 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000818
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200819 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
820 is 0x00.
821 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
822 is 0xa0.
823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824- Console Baudrate:
825 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
826 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
828 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100830- Console Rx buffer length
831 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
832 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100833 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100834 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
835 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
836 the SMC.
837
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000838- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200839 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
840 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
841 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
842 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
843 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
844 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
845 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200846 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000848
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200849 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
850 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000851
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000852- Safe printf() functions
853 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
854 the printf() functions. These are defined in
855 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
856 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
857 If this option is not given then these functions will
858 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
859 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
862 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
863 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000864 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
865 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
868 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
869 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
870 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
871 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
872 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
873 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
874 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
875 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
876 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
877 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
878 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
879
880- Autoboot Command:
881 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
882 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
883 define a command string that is automatically executed
884 when no character is read on the console interface
885 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
886
887 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000888 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
889 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
890 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
892 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000893 The value of these goes into the environment as
894 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
895 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200896 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100898- Bootcount:
899 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
900 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
901 cycle, see:
902 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
903
904 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
905 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
906 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
907 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
908 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
909 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
910 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
911 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
912 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914- Pre-Boot Commands:
915 CONFIG_PREBOOT
916
917 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
918 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
919 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
920 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
921 entering interactive mode.
922
923 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
924 automatically generated or modified. For an example
925 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
926 modified when the user holds down a certain
927 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
928 booting the systems
929
930- Serial Download Echo Mode:
931 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
932 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
933 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
934 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
935 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
936 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
937 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
938
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
941 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200942 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
946 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000947 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
948 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 and augmenting with additional #define's
950 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 The default command configuration includes all commands
953 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100955 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
958 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
959 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
960 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
961 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
962 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800963 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
967 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600969 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
970 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
971 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
972 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
974 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
977 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600978 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600979 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000982 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
983 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700984 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
985 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000988 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
990 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200991 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
997 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
998 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
999 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001001 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001003 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001005 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1007 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1008 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1009 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001010 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1012 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1014 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001015 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001016 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001017 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001019 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001020 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001021 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1022 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1023 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001024 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1026 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001030 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1031 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1032 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1033 host
1034 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1037 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001038 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001039 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1040 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1041 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1042 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1043 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1044 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001045 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001046 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001047 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001048 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001049 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001052 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001053 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1054 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001057 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001058 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1062 support you can write:
1063
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1065 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001067 Other Commands:
1068 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001072 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1073 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1074 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1075 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1076 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1077 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
1079
1080 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1081
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001082- Regular expression support:
1083 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001084 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1085 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1086 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1087 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001088
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001089- Device tree:
1090 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1092 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1093 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1094 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1095 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1096
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001097 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1098 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001099
1100 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1101 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1102 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1103 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1104 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1105 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001106
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001107 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1109 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1110 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1111
1112 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1113
1114 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1115 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1116 still use the individual files if you need something more
1117 exotic.
1118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119- Watchdog:
1120 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1121 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001122 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1123 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1124 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1125 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1126 available, then no further board specific code should
1127 be needed to use it.
1128
1129 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1130 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1131 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1132 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001134- U-Boot Version:
1135 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1136 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1137 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1138 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001139 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1140 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- Real-Time Clock:
1143
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1146 following options:
1147
1148 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1149 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001150 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001152 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001154 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001155 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001156 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001158 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1160 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001162 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1163 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1164
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001165- GPIO Support:
1166 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001167
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001168 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1169 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1170 pins supported by a particular chip.
1171
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1173 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1174
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001175- I/O tracing:
1176 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1177 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1178 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1179 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1180 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1181 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1182 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1183 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1184
1185 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1186 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1187 still continue to operate.
1188
1189 iotrace is enabled
1190 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1191 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1192 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1193 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1194 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1195 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197- Timestamp Support:
1198
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001199 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1200 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1201 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001202 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001204- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1205 Zero or more of the following:
1206 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1207 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1208 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1209 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1210 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1211 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1212 disk/part_efi.c
1213 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001215 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1216 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001217 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001218
1219- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001220 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1221 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1224 be performed by calling the function
1225 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1226 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227
1228- ATAPI Support:
1229 CONFIG_ATAPI
1230
1231 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1232
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001233- LBA48 Support
1234 CONFIG_LBA48
1235
1236 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001237 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001238 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1239 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001242 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1243 Default is 32bit.
1244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- SCSI Support:
1246 At the moment only there is only support for the
1247 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1248 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001250 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1251 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1252 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1254 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001257 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1258 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001261 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001262 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1263
1264 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1265 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1266 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1267 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1268
1269 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1270 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1271 example with the "sspi" command.
1272
1273 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1274 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1275 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001276
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001277 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001278 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1281 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001282 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283 write routine for first time initialisation.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TULIP
1286 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1287 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1288 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1289
1290 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1291 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1292
1293 CONFIG_NS8382X
1294 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1295
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001296- NETWORK Support (other):
1297
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001298 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1299 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1300
1301 CONFIG_RMII
1302 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1303
1304 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1305 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1306 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1307
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001308 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1309 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1310
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001311 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001312 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1313
1314 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1315 Define this to hold the physical address
1316 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1317
1318 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1319 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1320
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001321 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001322 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1323
1324 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1325 Define this to hold the physical address
1326 of the device (I/O space)
1327
1328 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1329 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1330
1331 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1332 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1333 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1334
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001335 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1336 Support for davinci emac
1337
1338 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1339 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1340
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001341 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1342 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1343
1344 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1345 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1346 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1347 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1348 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1349 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1350 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1351 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1352
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001353 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001354 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1355
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001356 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001357 Define this to hold the physical address
1358 of the device (I/O space)
1359
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001360 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001361 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1362
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001363 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001364 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1365 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001366 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001367
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001368 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1369 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1370
1371 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1372 Define the number of ports to be used
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1375 Define the ETH PHY's address
1376
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001377 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1378 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1379
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001380- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001381 CONFIG_TPM
1382 Support TPM devices.
1383
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001384 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1385 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1386 per system is supported at this time.
1387
1388 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1389 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1390
1391 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1392 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1393
1394 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1395 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1396
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001397 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1398 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1399
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001400 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001401 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1402 per system is supported at this time.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1405 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1406 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1407 0xfed40000.
1408
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001409 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1410 Add tpm monitor functions.
1411 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1412 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1413
1414 CONFIG_TPM
1415 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1416 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1417 Requires support for a TPM device.
1418
1419 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1420 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1421 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423- USB Support:
1424 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001425 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001426 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1427 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001428 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429 storage devices.
1430 Note:
1431 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1432 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001433 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1434 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1435 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001436 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1437 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001438 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1439 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1440 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001441 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1442 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001444 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1445 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001446
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001447 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1448 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1449
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001450- USB Device:
1451 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1452 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1453 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001454 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001455 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1456 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001457 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001458 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1459 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1460 a Linux host by
1461 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1462 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1463 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1464 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001465
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001466 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1467 Define this to build a UDC device
1468
1469 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1470 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1471 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001472
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301473 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1474 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1475 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1476 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1477 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1478 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1479 speed.
1480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001481 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001482 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1483 be set to usbtty.
1484
1485 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001487 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001488 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001490 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001491 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001492 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001494 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001495 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001496 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001497 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1498 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1499 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1500
1501 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1502 Define this string as the name of your company for
1503 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001504
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1506 Define this string as the name of your product
1507 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001508
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001509 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1510 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1511 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1512 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1513 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001514
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001515 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1516 Define this as the unique Product ID
1517 for your device
1518 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001519
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001520- ULPI Layer Support:
1521 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1522 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1523 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1524 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1525 viewport is supported.
1526 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1527 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001528 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1529 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1530 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001532- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001533 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1534 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1535 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001536 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001537 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1538 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001539
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001540 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1541 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1542
1543 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1544 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1545
1546 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1547 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1548
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001549 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1550 Enable the generic MMC driver
1551
1552 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1553 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1554
1555 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1556 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1557 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1558
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001559- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1560 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1561 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1562
1563 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1564 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1565 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1566 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1567 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1568
1569 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1570 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1571
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001572 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1573 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1574
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301575 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1576 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1577 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1578 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1579 one that would help mostly the developer.
1580
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001581 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1582 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1583 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1584 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1585 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1586
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001587 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1588 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1589 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1590 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1591 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1592 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1593
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001594 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1595 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1596 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1597 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1598
1599 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1600 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1601 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1602 sending again an USB request to the device.
1603
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001604- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1605 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1606 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1607 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1608 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1609 used on Android devices.
1610 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1611
1612 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1613 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1614 image format header.
1615
1616 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1617 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1618 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1619 downloaded images.
1620
1621 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1622 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1623 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1624 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1625
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001626- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1627 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1628 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1629 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001631 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1632 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001633 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001635 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001636 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1637 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1638
1639 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001640 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001641 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1642 have not defined a custom partition
1643
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001644- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1645 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001646
1647 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1648 file in FAT formatted partition.
1649
1650 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1651 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001652
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001653CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1654 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1655
1656 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1657 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1658 and cbfsload.
1659
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu1c4cf332014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301660- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1661 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1662
1663 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1664 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666- Keyboard Support:
1667 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1668
1669 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1670 support
1671
1672 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1673 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1674 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1675 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1676 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1677
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001678 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1679 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1680 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1681 which provides key scans on request.
1682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683- Video support:
1684 CONFIG_VIDEO
1685
1686 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1687 video).
1688
1689 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1690
1691 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1692
1693 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001694 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001695 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1696 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1697 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001699 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001701 are possible:
1702 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001703 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001704
1705 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1706 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1707 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1708 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1709 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1710 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1711 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1713
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001714 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001715 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001716
1717
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001718 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001719 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001720 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1721 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1722
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001723 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001724 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001725 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1726 support, and should also define these other macros:
1727
1728 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1729 CONFIG_VIDEO
1730 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1731 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1732 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1733 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1735 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1736
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001737 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1738 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1739 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1740 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001741
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001742 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1743
1744 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1745 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1746 driver.
1747
1748
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001749- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001750 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001751
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001752 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1753 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1754 defined in your board-specific files.
1755 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001757- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1758
1759 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1760 display); also select one of the supported displays
1761 by defining one of these:
1762
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001763 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1764
1765 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1766
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001767 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001769 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001771 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1772
1773 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1774 Active, color, single scan.
1775
1776 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001778 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001779 Active, color, single scan.
1780
1781 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1782
1783 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1784 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1785
1786 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1787
1788 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1789 Active, color, single scan.
1790
1791 CONFIG_HLD1045
1792
1793 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1794 Active, color, single scan.
1795
1796 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1797
1798 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1799 or
1800 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1801 or
1802 Hitachi SP14Q002
1803
1804 320x240. Black & white.
1805
1806 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001807 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001809 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1810
1811 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1812 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1813 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1814 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1815 a per-section basis.
1816
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001817 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1818
1819 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1820 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1821 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1822 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001823
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001824 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1825
1826 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1827
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001828 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1829
1830 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1831 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1832
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001833- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001834
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001835 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1836 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1837 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001838 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001839 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1840 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1841 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1842 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001843
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001844 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1845
1846 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1847 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini958a8f82014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001848 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001849 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1850 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1851 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1852 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1853 there is no need to set this option.
1854
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001855 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1856
1857 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1858 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1859 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1860 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1861 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1862 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1863
1864 Example:
1865 setenv splashpos m,m
1866 => image at center of screen
1867
1868 setenv splashpos 30,20
1869 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1870
1871 setenv splashpos -10,m
1872 => vertically centered image
1873 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1874
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001875- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1876
1877 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1878 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1879 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1880
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001881- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1882
1883 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1884 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1885 bmp command.
1886
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001887- Do compresssing for memory range:
1888 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1889
1890 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1891 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1892
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001893- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001894 CONFIG_GZIP
1895
1896 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1897
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001898 CONFIG_BZIP2
1899
1900 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1901 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1902 compressed images are supported.
1903
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001904 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001905 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001906 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001907
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001908 CONFIG_LZMA
1909
1910 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1911 images is included.
1912
1913 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1914 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1915 formula:
1916
1917 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1918
1919 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1920 and Literal pos bits.
1921
1922 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1923 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1924 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1925 a very small buffer.
1926
1927 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1928 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001929 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001930
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001931 CONFIG_LZO
1932
1933 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1934 is included.
1935
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001936- MII/PHY support:
1937 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1938
1939 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1940
1941 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1942
1943 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1944
1945 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1946
1947 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001948 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001949
1950 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1951
1952 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1953 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1954 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1955 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1956
1957 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1958
1959 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1960 command issued before MII status register can be read
1961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962- Ethernet address:
1963 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001964 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1966 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001967 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1968 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001970 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1971 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972 is not determined automatically.
1973
1974- IP address:
1975 CONFIG_IPADDR
1976
1977 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001978 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001980 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981
1982- Server IP address:
1983 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1984
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001985 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001987 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001989 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1990
1991 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1992 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1993
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001994- Gateway IP address:
1995 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1996
1997 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1998 default router where packets to other networks are
1999 sent to.
2000 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2001
2002- Subnet mask:
2003 CONFIG_NETMASK
2004
2005 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2006 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2007 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2008 forwarded through a router.
2009 (Environment variable "netmask")
2010
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002011- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2012 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2013
2014 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2015 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002016 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002017 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2018 multicast group.
2019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2021 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2022
2023 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2024 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2025 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2026 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2027 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2028 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2029 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2030 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002031 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
2033 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2034 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2035 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2036 4th and following
2037 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2038
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002039- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002040 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2041 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002042
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002043 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2044 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2045 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2046 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2047 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2048 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2049 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2050 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2051 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2052 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2053 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2054 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002055 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002056
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002057 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2058 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002059
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002060 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2061 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2062 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2063 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2064 is not available.
2065
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002066 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2067 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2068 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2069 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2070 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2071 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2072 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002073 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002074
2075 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2076 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2077 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002078 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002079 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2080 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002081
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002082 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2083
2084 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2085 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2086 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2087 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2088 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2089 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2090 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2091 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2092 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2093 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2094 this delay.
2095
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002096 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2097 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2098 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2099 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2100 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2101
2102 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2103
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002104 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002105 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002106
2107 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2108
2109 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2110
2111 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2112 of the device.
2113
2114 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2115
2116 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2117 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002118 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002119
2120 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2121
2122 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2123 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2124
2125 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2126
2127 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2128
2129 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2130
2131 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2132
2133 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2134
2135 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2136
2137 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2138
2139 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2140 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2141
2142 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2143
2144 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2145
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002146- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2147
2148 Several configurations allow to display the current
2149 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2150 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2151 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2152 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2153 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2154 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2155 feature in U-Boot.
2156
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002157 Additional options:
2158
2159 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2160 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2161 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2162 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2163 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2164
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002165 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2166 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2167 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2168 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2169 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2170 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002172- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2173
2174 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2175 on those systems that support this (optional)
2176 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2177
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002178- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002180 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2181 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2182 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2183 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2184 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2185 interface.
2186
2187 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002188 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2189 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2191 for defining speed and slave address
2192 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2193 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2194 for defining speed and slave address
2195 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2197 for defining speed and slave address
2198 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2199 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2200 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002201
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002202 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2203 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2204 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2205 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2206 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2207 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002208 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2210 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2211 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2212 second bus.
2213
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002214 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002215 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2216 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2217 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002218
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002219 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2220 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2221 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2222 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2223
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002224 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2225 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2226 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2227 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2228 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2229 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2230 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2231 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2232 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2233 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2234
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002235 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2236 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2237 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2238
2239 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2240 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2241 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2242 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2243 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2244 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2245 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2246 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2247 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2248
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002249 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2250 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2251 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2252
2253 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2254 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2255 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2256 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2257 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2258 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2259 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2260 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2261 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2262 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2263 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2264 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2265 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2266
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002267 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2268 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2269 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2270 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2271 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2274 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2275 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2277 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2278 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2279
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002280 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2281 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2282 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2283 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2284
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302285 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2287 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2288 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2289 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2290
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002291 additional defines:
2292
2293 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2294 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2295 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2296 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2297 omit this define.
2298
2299 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2300 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2301 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2302 omit this define.
2303
2304 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2305 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2306 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2307 define.
2308
2309 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2310 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2311 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2312 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2313 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2314
2315 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2316 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2317 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2318 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2319 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2320 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2321 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2322 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2323 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2324 }
2325
2326 which defines
2327 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002328 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2329 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2330 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2331 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2332 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002333 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002334 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2335 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002336
2337 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2338
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002339- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002340
2341 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2342 provides the following compelling advantages:
2343
2344 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2345 - approved multibus support
2346 - better i2c mux support
2347
2348 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002350 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2351 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2352 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002354 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002355 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002356 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2357 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002358 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002360 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002361
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002362 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002363 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002365 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002366 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002367 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002368 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002369
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002370 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002371 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002372 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2373 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2374 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002376 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2377
2378 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2379 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2380 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2381 commands until the slave device responds.
2382
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002383 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002384
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002385 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002386 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2387 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388
2389 I2C_INIT
2390
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002391 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002392 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002394 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002395
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396 I2C_PORT
2397
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002398 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2399 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2400 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
2402 I2C_ACTIVE
2403
2404 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2405 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2406 define can be null.
2407
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002408 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410 I2C_TRISTATE
2411
2412 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2413 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2414 define can be null.
2415
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002416 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2417
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002418 I2C_READ
2419
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002420 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2421 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002422
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002423 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425 I2C_SDA(bit)
2426
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002427 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2428 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002430 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002431 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002432 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434 I2C_SCL(bit)
2435
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002436 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2437 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002439 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002440 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002441 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443 I2C_DELAY
2444
2445 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2446 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002447 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002448 like:
2449
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002450 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002452 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2453
2454 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2455 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2456 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2457 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2458
2459 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2460 the generic GPIO functions.
2461
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002462 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002463
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002464 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2465 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2466 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2467 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2468 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2469 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2470 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2471 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002472
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002473 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2474
2475 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2476 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2477 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2478 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2479 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2480 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2481 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2482 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2483
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002484 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2485
2486 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2487 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2488 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2489
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002490 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2491
2492 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002493 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2494 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002495 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002497 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002498
2499 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002500 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002501 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2502 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002503
2504 e.g.
2505 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002506 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002507
2508 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2509
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002510 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002511 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002512
2513 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002515 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002516
2517 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2518 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002520 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002521
2522 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2523 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002525 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002526
2527 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2528 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002531
2532 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2533 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2534 specified DTT device.
2535
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002536 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2537
2538 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2539 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2540 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2541 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2542 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2543 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2544 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002545
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2547
2548 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2549 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2550 D/As on the SACSng board)
2551
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002552 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2553
2554 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2555 only SH7757 is supported.
2556
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557 CONFIG_SPI_X
2558
2559 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2560 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2561
2562 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2563
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002564 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2565 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2566 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2567 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2568 defined, the board configuration must define several
2569 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2570 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002571
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002572 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2573
2574 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2575 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2576 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002577 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002578 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2579
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002580 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2581
2582 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002583 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002584
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002585- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002586
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002587 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2588
2589 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2590
2591 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2592 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002594 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002596 Enables support for FPGA family.
2597 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2598
2599 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2600
2601 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
Siva Durga Prasad Paladuguadc11de2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302603 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2604
2605 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2606
Michal Simek64c70982014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002607 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2608
2609 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2610
2611 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2612
2613 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2614 (Xilinx only)
2615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002616 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002618 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002620 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002622 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2623 status by the configuration function. This option
2624 will require a board or device specific function to
2625 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626
2627 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2628
2629 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2630 configuration driver.
2631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002632 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002633 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002637 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2638 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2639 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2640 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002642 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002643
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002644 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2645 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2646 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002647 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002649 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002651 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002652 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002656 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002657 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
2659- Configuration Management:
2660 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2661
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002662 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2663 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664
2665- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2666
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002667 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2668 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002669 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002670 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2671 protects these variables from casual modification by
2672 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2673 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002674 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675
2676 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2677 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002678 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002679 these parameters.
2680
2681 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2682 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002683 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002684 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2685 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2686 read-only.]
2687
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002688 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2689 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2690 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2691 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2692
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693- Protected RAM:
2694 CONFIG_PRAM
2695
2696 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2697 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2698 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2699 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2700 this default value by defining an environment
2701 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2702 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2703 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2704 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2705 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2706 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2707 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2708
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002709 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710 saveenv
2711
2712 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2713 either, which results in a memory region that will
2714 not be affected by reboots.
2715
2716 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2717 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2718 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2719 following board configurations are known to be
2720 "pRAM-clean":
2721
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002722 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2723 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002724 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002725
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002726- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2727 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2728 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2729 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2730 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2731 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2732 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2733
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002734- Error Recovery:
2735 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2736
2737 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2738 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2739 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002740 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2742 useful during development since you can try to debug
2743 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2744
2745 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2746
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002747 This variable defines the number of retries for
2748 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2749 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2750 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002751
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002752 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2753
2754 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2755
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002756 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2757
2758 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2759 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2760 try longer timeout such as
2761 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2762
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002764 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002765
2766 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2767
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002768 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2769 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002770
2771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002772 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773
2774 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2775 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2776 powerful command line syntax like
2777 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2778 constructs ("shell scripts").
2779
2780 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2781 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2782
2783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002784 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002785
2786 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2787 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2788 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2789
2790 Note:
2791
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002792 In the current implementation, the local variables
2793 space and global environment variables space are
2794 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2795 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2796 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2797 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2798 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002800 Global environment variables are those you use
2801 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2802 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2803 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002804
2805 To store commands and special characters in a
2806 variable, please use double quotation marks
2807 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2808 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2809 symbols.
2810
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002811- Commandline Editing and History:
2812 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2813
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002814 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002815 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002816
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002817- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002818 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2819
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002820 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2821 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002822 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002823
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002824 For example, place something like this in your
2825 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
2827 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2828 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2829 "myvar2=value2\0"
2830
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002831 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2832 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2833 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2834 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002835 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836 You better know what you are doing here.
2837
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002838 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2839 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002840 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002841 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002842
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002843 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2844
2845 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2846 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2847 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2848
2849 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2850
2851 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2852 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2853 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2854 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2855 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2856
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002857 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2858
2859 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2860 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2861 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2862
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002863 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2864
2865 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2866 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2867 that so that the environment is not available until
2868 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2869 this is instead controlled by the value of
2870 /config/load-environment.
2871
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002872- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002873 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2874
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002875 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2876 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2877 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002878
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002879- Serial Flash support
2880 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2881
2882 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2883 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2884
2885 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2886 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2887 commands.
2888
2889 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2890 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2891 flash is present on the system.
2892
2893 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2894 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2895 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2896 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2897
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002898 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2899
2900 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2901 test ('sf test').
2902
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302903 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2904
2905 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2906 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2907
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302908 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2909
2910 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2911 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2912 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2913
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002914- SystemACE Support:
2915 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2916
2917 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2918 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002919 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002920 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002921
2922 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002923 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002924
2925 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2926 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2927
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002928- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2929 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2930
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002931 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002932 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002933 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002934 number generator is used.
2935
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002936 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2937 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2938 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2939
2940 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002941 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2942 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2943 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2944 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2945 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2946 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2947
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002948- Hashing support:
2949 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2950
2951 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2952 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2953
2954 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2955
2956 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2957 size a little.
2958
2959 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2960 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2961
2962 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2963 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2964
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002965- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2966 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2967 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2968 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2969
2970 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2971 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2972 a boot from specific media.
2973
2974 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2975 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2976 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2977 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2978 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2979
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002980- Signing support:
2981 CONFIG_RSA
2982
2983 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel49dc73b2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002984 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002985
2986 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2987 option.
2988
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002989- bootcount support:
2990 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2991
2992 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2993 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2994
2995 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2996 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2997 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2998 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2999 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3000 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3001 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3002 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3003 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3004 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3005 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3006 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3007 the bootcounter.
3008 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003009
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003010- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3012
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003013 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3014 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3015 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3016 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3017 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3018 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003020- Detailed boot stage timing
3021 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3022 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3023 of the boot process.
3024
3025 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3026 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3027 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3028 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3029 the limit, recording will stop.
3030
3031 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3032 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3033
3034 Timer summary in microseconds:
3035 Mark Elapsed Stage
3036 0 0 reset
3037 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3038 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3039 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3040 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3041 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3042 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3043 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3044
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003045 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3046 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3047 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3048
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003049 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3050 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3051 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3052 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3053 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3054 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3055 For example:
3056
3057 bootstage {
3058 154 {
3059 name = "board_init_f";
3060 mark = <3575678>;
3061 };
3062 170 {
3063 name = "lcd";
3064 accum = <33482>;
3065 };
3066 };
3067
3068 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3069
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003070Legacy uImage format:
3071
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072 Arg Where When
3073 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003074 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003075 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003076 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003078 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003079 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3080 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3081 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003082 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3084 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3085 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3086 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003087 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003088 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003089
3090 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3091 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3092 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3093 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3094 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3095 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3096 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003097 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003098 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3099 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3100
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003101 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003102
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003103 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003104 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3105 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003106
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003107 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3108 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3109 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3110 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3111 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3112 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3113 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3114 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3115 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3116 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3117 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3118 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3119 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3120 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3121 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3122 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3123 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3124 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3125 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3126 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3127 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3128 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3129 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3130 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3131 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3132 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3133 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3134 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3135 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3136 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3137 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3138 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3139 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3140 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3141 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3142 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3143 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3144 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3145 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3146 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3147 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3148 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3149 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3150 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3151 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3152 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3153 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003155 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003157 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003158 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3159 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003161 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3162 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003163 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003164 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3165 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3166 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003167 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3168 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003169 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003170
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003171FIT uImage format:
3172
3173 Arg Where When
3174 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3175 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3176 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3177 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3178 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3179 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003180 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003181 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3182 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3183 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3184 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3185 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003186 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3187 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003188 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3189 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3190 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3191 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3192 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3193 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3194 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3195 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3196
3197 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3198 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3199 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003200 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003201 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3202 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3203 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3204 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3205 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3206 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3207 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3208 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3209 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3210 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3211 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3212 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3213
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003214 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003215 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3216
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003217 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003218 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3219
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003220 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003221 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3222
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003223- legacy image format:
3224 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3225 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3226
3227 Default:
3228 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3229
3230 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3231 disable the legacy image format
3232
3233 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3234 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3235
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003236- FIT image support:
3237 CONFIG_FIT
3238 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3239
3240 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3241 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3242 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3243 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3244 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3245 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3246
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003247 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3248 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3249 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3250 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3251
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003252 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3253 signature check the legacy image format is default
3254 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3255 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3256
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003257- Standalone program support:
3258 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3259
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003260 This option defines a board specific value for the
3261 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3262 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003263 settings.
3264
3265- Frame Buffer Address:
3266 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3267
3268 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003269 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3270 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3271 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3272 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3273 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3274 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3275 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003276
3277 Please see board_init_f function.
3278
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003279- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3280 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3281 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3282 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3283
3284 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3285 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3286
3287- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3288 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3289
3290 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3291 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3292
3293 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3294
3295 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3296 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3297
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003298- UBI support
3299 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3300
3301 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3302 with the UBI flash translation layer
3303
3304 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3305
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003306 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3307
3308 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3309 warnings and errors enabled.
3310
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003311- UBIFS support
3312 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3313
3314 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3315 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3316
3317 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3318
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003319 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3320
3321 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3322 warnings and errors enabled.
3323
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003324- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003325 CONFIG_SPL
3326 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003327
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003328 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3329 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3330
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003331 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3332 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3333 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3334 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003335 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003336 must not be both defined at the same time.
3337
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003338 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003339 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3340 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3341 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3342 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003343
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003344 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3345 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003346
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003347 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3348 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3349 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3350
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003351 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3352 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3353
3354 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003355 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3356 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3357 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003358 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003359 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003360
3361 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3362 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3363
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003364 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3365 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3366 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3367 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3368
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003369 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3370 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3371
3372 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3373 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003374
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003375 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3376 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3377 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3378 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3379
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003380 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3381 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3382 See also: doc/README.falcon
3383
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003384 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3385 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3386 about the running system.
3387
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003388 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3389 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3390
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003391 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3392 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003393
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003394 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3395 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003396
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003397 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3398 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003399
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003400 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3401 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003402
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003403 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3404 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003405
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003406 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3407 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3408 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3409 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3410 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3411
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003412 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3413 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3414 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3415
3416 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3417 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3418 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3419 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3420 (for falcon mode)
3421
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003422 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3423 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3424
3425 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3426 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3427
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003428 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3429 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3430 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3431
3432 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3433 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3434 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3435
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003436 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3437 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3438 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3439 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3440 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3441
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303442 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3443 Avoid SPL relocation
3444
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003445 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3446 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3447 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3448
3449 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3450 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3451
3452 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3453 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3454
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003455 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003456 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3457 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003458
Tom Rini543c9f12014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003459 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3460 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3461 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3462
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003463 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3464 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003465 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003466
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003467 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3468 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3469 SPL binary.
3470
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003471 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3472 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3473 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3474 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3475 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3476 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003477 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003478
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303479 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3480 Add support NAND boot
3481
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003482 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003483 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3484
3485 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3486 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3487
3488 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3489 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003490
3491 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003492 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003493
3494 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3495 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3496 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3497
3498 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3499 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3500 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3501
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003502 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3503 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003504
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003505 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3506 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003507
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003508 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3509 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003510
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003511 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3512 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3513
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003514 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3515 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003516
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003517 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3518 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3519
3520 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3521 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3522 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3523 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3524
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003525 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003526 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3527 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3528 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3529 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3530 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003531
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003532 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3533 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3534 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3535 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3536
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003537 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3538 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3539 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3540 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3541 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3542
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003543- TPL framework
3544 CONFIG_TPL
3545 Enable building of TPL globally.
3546
3547 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3548 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3549 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003550 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3551 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3552 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003553
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554Modem Support:
3555--------------
3556
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003557[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003559- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003560 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3561
3562- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3563 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3564
3565- Modem debug support:
3566 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3567
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003568 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3569 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003571- Interrupt support (PPC):
3572
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003573 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3574 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003575 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003576 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003577 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003578 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003579 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003580 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3581 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3582 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003583
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584- General:
3585
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003586 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3587 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3588 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003589 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003590 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3591 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3592 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003593
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003594 If there are no modem init strings in the
3595 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3596 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003597 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
3599 See also: doc/README.Modem
3600
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003601Board initialization settings:
3602------------------------------
3603
3604During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3605to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3606before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3607following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3608architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3609typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3610
3611- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3612- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3613- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3614- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616Configuration Settings:
3617-----------------------
3618
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003619- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3620 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3621
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003622- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003623 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3624
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003625- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3626 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3627
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003628- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629 prompt for user input.
3630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003631- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003635- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003637- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003638 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3639 booted
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003642 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003644- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003645 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003647- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003648 If the board specific function
3649 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3650 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003651 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003653- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003654 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003656- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003659- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003660 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3661 simple memory test.
3662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003663- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003664 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003666- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003667 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3668 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3671 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003672 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003673 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003674 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3675 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3676 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003677 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003678 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003679 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003680
3681 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3682 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3683 be touched.
3684
3685 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3686 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3687 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3688 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3689 problems.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003694- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003695 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003697- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003698 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3699 Cogent motherboard)
3700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003701- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003704- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003705 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3706 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003707 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003708 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003710- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003711 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3712 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3713 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3714 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003716- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003719- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003720 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3721 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003722 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003723 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003725- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003726 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3727 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003728 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3729 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003730 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003731 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003732 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003733 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3734 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3735 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003737- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3738 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3739 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3740 is enabled.
3741
3742- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3743 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3744 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3745
3746- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3747 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3748 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003750- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751 Max number of Flash memory banks
3752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003753- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003754 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003756- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003759- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003762- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003763 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003765- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003766 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003769 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3770 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003772- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
3774 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3775 without this option such a download has to be
3776 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3777 copy from RAM to flash.
3778
3779 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3780 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003781 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3782 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003785- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003786 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003787 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003789- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003790 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3791 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003793- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3794 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3795 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3796 to the MTD layer.
3797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003798- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003799 Use buffered writes to flash.
3800
3801- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3802 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3803 write commands.
3804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003805- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003806 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3807 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3808 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3809 optionally available.
3810
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003811- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3812 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3813 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3814 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3815
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003816- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3817 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3818 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3819 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3820 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3821 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3822 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3823 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003825- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003826 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3827 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003828 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3829 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003830 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003831 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3832
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003833- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3834
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003835 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3836 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3837 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3838 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3839 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003840
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003841- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3842- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003843 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003844 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3845 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3846 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3847
3848 The format of the list is:
3849 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003850 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3851 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003852 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3853 list = entry[,list]
3854
3855 The type attributes are:
3856 s - String (default)
3857 d - Decimal
3858 x - Hexadecimal
3859 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3860 i - IP address
3861 m - MAC address
3862
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003863 The access attributes are:
3864 a - Any (default)
3865 r - Read-only
3866 o - Write-once
3867 c - Change-default
3868
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003869 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3870 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3871 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3872
3873 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3874 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3875 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3876 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3877 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3878 ".flags" variable.
3879
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003880- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3881 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3882 access flags.
3883
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003884- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3885 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3886 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3887 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3888 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3889 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3890 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3891 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3892 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3893
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003894- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3895 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3896 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3897 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003898
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3900of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3901following configurations:
3902
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003903- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3904
3905 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3906 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003908- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003909
3910 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3911
3912 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3913 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3914 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3915 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3916 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3917 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3918 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3919 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3920 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3921 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3922 between U-Boot and the environment.
3923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003924 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
3926 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3927 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3928 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3929 for this sector is given here.
3930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003933 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
3935 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3936 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003937 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003939 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
3941 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3942
3943
3944 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3945 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3946 the environment.
3947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003948 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003950 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003951 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3953 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3954
3955 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3956 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3957 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3958 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3959 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3960 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3961 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3962 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3963 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003965 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3966 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003968 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003969 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003970 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003971 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
3973BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3974source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3975accordingly!
3976
3977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003978- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
3980 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3981 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3982 environment.
3983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003984 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3985 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003987 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3989 can just be read and written to, without any special
3990 provision.
3991
3992BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3993in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003994console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995U-Boot will hang.
3996
3997Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3998environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3999keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4000to save the current settings.
4001
4002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004003- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004004
4005 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4006 device and a driver for it.
4007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004008 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4009 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
4011 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4012 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4016 The default address is zero.
4017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004018 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4020 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4021 would require six bits.
4022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004023 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004025 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4029 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004031 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004032 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4033 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4034 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4035 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4036 byte chips.
4037
4038 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4039 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4040 in the chip address.
4041
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004042 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4044
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004045 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4046 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4047 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4048
4049 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4050 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4051 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4052 EEPROM. For example:
4053
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004054 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004055
4056 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4057 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004059- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004060
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004061 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004062 want to use for the environment.
4063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004064 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4065 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4066 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004067
4068 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4069 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4070 at the specified address.
4071
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004072- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4073
4074 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4075 want to use for the local device's environment.
4076
4077 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4078 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4079
4080 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4081 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4082 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004083 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004084
4085BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4086"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004087environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4088but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004090- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004091
4092 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4093 for the environment.
4094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004095 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4096 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004097
4098 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004099 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4100 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004101
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004102 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004104 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004105 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4106 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004107 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004108 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4109
4110 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4111
4112 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4113 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4114 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4115 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4116 the range to be avoided.
4117
4118 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004119
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004120 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4121 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4122 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4123 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4124 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004125
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004126- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4127
4128 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4129 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4130 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4131
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004132- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4133
4134 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4135 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4136 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4137
4138 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4139
4140 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4141
4142 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4143
4144 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4145 environment in.
4146
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004147 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4148
4149 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4150 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4151 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4152
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004153 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4154 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4155
4156 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4157 when storing the env in UBI.
4158
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004159- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4160
4161 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4162 environment.
4163
4164 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4165
4166 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4167
4168 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4169
4170 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4171 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4172 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4173
4174 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4175 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4176
4177 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4178 area within the specified MMC device.
4179
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004180 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4181 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4182 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4183 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4184 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4185 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4186 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4187
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004188 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4189 MMC sector boundary.
4190
4191 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4192
4193 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4194 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4195 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4196 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4197
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004198 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4199 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4200
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004201 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4202 an MMC sector boundary.
4203
4204 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4205
4206 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4207 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4208 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004210- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
4212 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4213 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4214 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4215 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4216 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4217 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4218 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4219
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004220Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004222created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223until then to read environment variables.
4224
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004225The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4226is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4227with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4228necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4229"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4230have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
4232Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4233the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004234use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004237 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004239 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004240 also needs to be defined.
4241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004242- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004243 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004245- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4246 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4247 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4248 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4249 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4250 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4251
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004252- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4253 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4254 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4255 to do this.
4256
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004257- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4258 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4259 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4260 present.
4261
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004263---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004265- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004268- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004270
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004271 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4272 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4273 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004275- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4276 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4277 PowerPC SOCs.
4278
4279- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4280 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4281 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4282
4283 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4284 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4285
4286- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4287 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4288 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004289 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004290 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4291 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4292 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4293
4294 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4295 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4296
4297- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004298 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4299 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004300 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4301 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4302
4303- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4304 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4305 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4306 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4307
4308- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4309 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4310 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4311
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004312- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004313 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004314
4315 the default drive number (default value 0)
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004317 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004318
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004319 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004320 (default value 1)
4321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004322 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004323
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004324 defines the offset of register from address. It
4325 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004326 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004328 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4329 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004330 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004333 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4334 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4335 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4336 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004337
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004338- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4339 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4340 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4341 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4342 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4343 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4344 is requierd.
4345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004346- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004347 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004348 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004352 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004353 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4354 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4355 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4356 will become available only after programming the
4357 memory controller and running certain initialization
4358 sequences.
4359
4360 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4361 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4362 - MPC824X: data cache
4363 - PPC4xx: data cache
4364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004365- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
4367 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004368 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4369 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004370 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004371 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004372 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4373 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4374 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
4376 Note:
4377 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4378 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004379 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4381 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004383- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004385- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004387- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004389- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004391- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004393- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004395- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396 SDRAM timing
4397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004398- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399 periodic timer for refresh
4400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004401- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004403- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4404 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4405 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4406 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4408
4409- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004410 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4411 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4413
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004414- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4415 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4417 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4418
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004419- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4421 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4422
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004423- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004424 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4425 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004427- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004428 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4429 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004431- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004432 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4433 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4434 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004436- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004437 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4438 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4439 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4440 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004441
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004442- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4443 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4444 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4445 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4446 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4447 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4448 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4449 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004450 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004451
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004452- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4453 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4454 required.
4455
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004456- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4457 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4458 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4459 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4460 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4461 by coreboot or similar.
4462
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004463- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4464 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4465
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004466- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4467 Chip has SRIO or not
4468
4469- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4470 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4471
4472- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4473 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4474
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004475- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4476 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4477
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004478- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4479 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4480
4481- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4482 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4483
4484- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4485 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4486
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004487- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4488 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4489 a 16 bit bus.
4490 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004491 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004492 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004493 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004494
4495- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4496 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4497 a default value will be used.
4498
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004499- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004500 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4501 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4502
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004503 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4504 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004506- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004507 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4508 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4509 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004510
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004511- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4512 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4513 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4514 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4515 header files or board specific files.
4516
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004517- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4518 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004520- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004521 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4522 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004523
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004524- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4525 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4526
4527- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4528 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004529 to the given FEC; i. e.
4530 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004531 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4532
4533 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4534
4535- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4536 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4537 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4538
4539- CONFIG_RMII
4540 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4541 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4542 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4543
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004544- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4545 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4546 The syntax is:
4547
4548 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4549
4550 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4551 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4552 area should have.
4553
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004554- CONFIG_LOOPW
4555 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004556 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004557
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004558- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4559 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4560 "md/mw" commands.
4561 Examples:
4562
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004563 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004564 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4565
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004566 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004567 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4568
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004569 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004570 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004571
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004572- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004573 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004574 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4575 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4576 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004577
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004578 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4579 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4580 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4581 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004582
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004583- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004584 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4585 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4586 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004587
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004588- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4589 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4590 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4591 It is loaded by the SPL.
4592
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004593- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4594 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4595 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4596 previous 4k of the .text section.
4597
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004598- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4599 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4600 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4601 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4602 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4603 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4604 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4605 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4606
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004607- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4608 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4609 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4610 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4611 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4612
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004613- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4614 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4615 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004616
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004617- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4618 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4619
4620 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004621
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004622- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4623 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4624
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004625- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4626 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4627 driver that uses this:
4628 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4629
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004630Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4631-----------------------------------
4632
4633The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4634loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4635This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4636are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4637within that device.
4638
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004639- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4640 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4641 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4642 is also specified.
4643
4644- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4645 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004646 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4647 is also specified.
4648
4649- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4650 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4651 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4652 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4653 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4654
4655- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4656 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4657 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4658 virtual address in NOR flash.
4659
4660- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4661 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4662 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4663
4664- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4665 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4666 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4667
4668- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4669 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4670 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4671
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004672- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4673 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4674 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004675 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4676 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4677 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004678
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004679Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4680---------------------------------------------------------
4681The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4682"firmware".
4683This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4684are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4685within that device.
4686
4687- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4688 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4689
4690- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4691 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4692 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4693 is also specified.
4694
4695- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4696 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4697 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4698 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4699 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4700
4701- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4702 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4703 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4704 virtual address in NOR flash.
4705
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004706Building the Software:
4707======================
4708
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004709Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4710and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4711all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4712(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4713recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4714which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004716If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4717have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4718you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4719Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4720necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004722 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4723 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004725Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4726 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4727 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4728 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4729
4730 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4731
4732 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4733 be executed on computers running Windows.
4734
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004735U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4736sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737is done by typing:
4738
4739 make NAME_config
4740
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004741where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004742rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004743
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4745 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4746 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4747 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004748 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 make TQM823L_config
4751 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4754 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4760images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4763- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4764- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004766By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4767in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4768this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4769
47701. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4771
4772 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4773 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4774 make O=/tmp/build all
4775
47762. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4777
4778 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4779 make distclean
4780 make NAME_config
4781 make all
4782
4783Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4784variable.
4785
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004786
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4788for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4789native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4793to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4794steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047961. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004797 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4798 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047992. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4800 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4801 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
48023. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4803 your board
48043. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4805 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
48064. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
48075. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4808 to be installed on your target system.
48096. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4810 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4814==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004816If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4817or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4819the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004820official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004821
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004822But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4823cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4825just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004826for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4827select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4828environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4829you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004837When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4838U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4839setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4840built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4841<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4842location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4843variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004844
4845 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4846 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4847 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4848
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004849With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4850log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4851during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004852
4853
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857Monitor Commands - Overview:
4858============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004859
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860go - start application at address 'addr'
4861run - run commands in an environment variable
4862bootm - boot application image from memory
4863bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004864bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4866 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4867 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004868tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4870diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4871loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4872loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4873md - memory display
4874mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4875nm - memory modify (constant address)
4876mw - memory write (fill)
4877cp - memory copy
4878cmp - memory compare
4879crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004880i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004881sspi - SPI utility commands
4882base - print or set address offset
4883printenv- print environment variables
4884setenv - set environment variables
4885saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4886protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4887erase - erase FLASH memory
4888flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004889nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4891iminfo - print header information for application image
4892coninfo - print console devices and informations
4893ide - IDE sub-system
4894loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004895loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896mtest - simple RAM test
4897icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4898dcache - enable or disable data cache
4899reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4900echo - echo args to console
4901version - print monitor version
4902help - print online help
4903? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4907========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004909TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
4913
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914Environment Variables:
4915======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4918can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4921"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4922without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4923environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4924working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4925environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004927Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4928
4929List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004932
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004933 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004941 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4942 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4943 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4944 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4945 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4946 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004947 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4948 bootm_mapsize.
4949
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004950 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004951 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4952 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4953 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4954 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4955 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4956 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004957
4958 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4959 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4960 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4961 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4962 environment variable.
4963
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004964 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4965 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4966 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4967
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4969 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4970 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4971 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4974 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4975 be automatically started (by internally calling
4976 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4979 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4980 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4981 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4982 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004984 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4985 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004986 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4987 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4988 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4989 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4990 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4991 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4992 access it during the boot procedure.
4993
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004994 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4995 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4996 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4997 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4998 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4999 must be accessible by the kernel.
5000
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005001 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5002 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5003 defined.
5004
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005005 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5006 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5007 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5008 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5009 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5010
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5012 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5013 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5014 is usually what you want since it allows for
5015 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5016 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005017 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5019 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5020 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5021 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5024 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5025 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5026 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5027 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5028 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005030 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005031
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5033 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5034 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5035 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5036 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5037 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5038 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005042 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5043 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005047 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005054
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005055 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005057 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5058 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005060 => setenv ethact FEC
5061 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5062 => setenv ethact SCC
5063 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005065 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5066 available network interfaces.
5067 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5068
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005069 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5071 When set to "once" the network operation will
5072 fail when all the available network interfaces
5073 are tried once without success.
5074 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5075 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005076
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005077 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005078
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005079 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5080 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5081 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5082 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5083 is silent.
5084
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005085 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005086 UDP source port.
5087
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005088 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5089 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5090
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005091 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5092 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5093
5094 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5095 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5096 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5097 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5098 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5099 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5100 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5101
5102 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005103 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005105
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005106The following image location variables contain the location of images
5107used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5108not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5109variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5110server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5111loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5112flash or offset in NAND flash.
5113
5114*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5115boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5116boards use these variables for other purposes.
5117
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005118Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5119----- --------- ----------- --------------
5120u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5121Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5122device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5123ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5126updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5127depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129 bootfile - see above
5130 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5131 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5132 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5133 hostname - Target hostname
5134 ipaddr - see above
5135 netmask - Subnet Mask
5136 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5137 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005138
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005141
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5143 as type string and/or serial number
5144 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5147the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5148once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
5150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5154 with the "version" command. This variable is
5155 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5159only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005160
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005161
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005162Callback functions for environment variables:
5163---------------------------------------------
5164
5165For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5166when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5167be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5168deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5169effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5170
5171The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5172U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5173
5174These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5175static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5176in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5177associations. The list must be in the following format:
5178
5179 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5180 list = entry[,list]
5181
5182If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5183Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5184
5185Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5186with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5187override any association in the static list. You can define
5188CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5189".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5190
5191
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192Command Line Parsing:
5193=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005194
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5196the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198Old, simple command line parser:
5199--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5202- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005203- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5205 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005206 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5208 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210Hush shell:
5211-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005212
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5214 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5215 until...do...done, ...
5216- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5217 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5218 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5219 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221General rules:
5222--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005223
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5225 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5226 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5227 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005228
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005230 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5232 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005233
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5235=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005236
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005237Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5239"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5242MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5243"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5246in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5247ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5248variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5251 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5254 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5255 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5258 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5261 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5262 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5265 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005267If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005268will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005269may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5270The naming convention is as follows:
5271"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273Image Formats:
5274==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005276U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5277images in two formats:
5278
5279New uImage format (FIT)
5280-----------------------
5281
5282Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5283to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5284components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5285SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5286
5287
5288Old uImage format
5289-----------------
5290
5291Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5292preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5293details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5296 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005297 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5298 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5299 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005300* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005301 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5302 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5304* Load Address
5305* Entry Point
5306* Image Name
5307* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5310and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5311CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005313
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314Linux Support:
5315==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5318easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5319U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5322special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5323"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5324instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5325serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5328 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5329 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5332 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5335 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5336 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5337 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5338 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5339 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005341
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342Linux HOWTO:
5343============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5346---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005347
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5349configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5350(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5351Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005353But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5356include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005357Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5358and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005359as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005361Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5362If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5363is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5364doc/driver-model.
5365
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005366
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367Configuring the Linux kernel:
5368-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5371device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374Building a Linux Image:
5375-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5378not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5379"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5380U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5381which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5382100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 make TQM850L_config
5387 make oldconfig
5388 make dep
5389 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005390
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5392encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5393CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5400 -R .note -R .comment \
5401 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005402
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005404
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005406
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005408
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5410 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5411 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5415with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5416combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5417byte header containing information about target architecture,
5418operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5419stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5422print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005423
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5425contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5426checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005427
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 tools/mkimage -l image
5429 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005430
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5432from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005433
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5435 -n name -d data_file image
5436 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5437 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5438 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5439 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5440 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5441 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5442 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5443 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005444
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005445Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5446address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5447kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5450- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5455 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005456 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005457 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5458 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5459 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5460 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5461 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5462 Load Address: 0x00000000
5463 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5468 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5469 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5470 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5471 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5472 Load Address: 0x00000000
5473 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5476speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5477needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5478need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005480 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5482 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005483 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5485 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5486 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5487 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5488 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5489 Load Address: 0x00000000
5490 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005491
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005493Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5494when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5497 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5498 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5499 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5500 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5501 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5502 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5503 Load Address: 0x00000000
5504 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005506The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5507option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5508option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5509from the image:
5510
5511 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5512 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5513 indexed by 'position'
5514
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516Installing a Linux Image:
5517-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005518
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005519To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5520you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005521
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5525image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5526address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5527specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5528command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005529
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005530Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5531TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005535 .......... done
5536 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005537
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538 => loads 40100000
5539 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5540 ~>examples/image.srec
5541 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5542 ...
5543 15989 15990 15991 15992
5544 [file transfer complete]
5545 [connected]
5546 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005550this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005554
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5556 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5557 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5558 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5559 Load Address: 00000000
5560 Entry Point: 0000000c
5561 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
5563
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564Boot Linux:
5565-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5568memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5569of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5570parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5571"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574 => printenv bootargs
5575 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579 => printenv bootargs
5580 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005581
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582 => bootm 40020000
5583 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5584 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5585 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5586 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5587 Load Address: 00000000
5588 Entry Point: 0000000c
5589 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5590 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5591 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5592 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5593 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5594 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5595 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5596 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005598If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5600format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5605 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5606 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5607 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5608 Load Address: 00000000
5609 Entry Point: 0000000c
5610 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5613 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5614 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5615 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5616 Load Address: 00000000
5617 Entry Point: 00000000
5618 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5621 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5622 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5623 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5624 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5625 Load Address: 00000000
5626 Entry Point: 0000000c
5627 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5628 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5629 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5630 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5631 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5632 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5633 Load Address: 00000000
5634 Entry Point: 00000000
5635 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5636 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5637 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5638 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5639 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5640 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5641 ...
5642 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5643 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005647Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5648-----------
5649
5650First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5651titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5652following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5653flat device tree:
5654
5655=> print oftaddr
5656oftaddr=0x300000
5657=> print oft
5658oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5659=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5660Speed: 1000, full duplex
5661Using TSEC0 device
5662TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5663Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5664Load address: 0x300000
5665Loading: #
5666done
5667Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5668=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5669Speed: 1000, full duplex
5670Using TSEC0 device
5671TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5672Filename 'uImage'.
5673Load address: 0x200000
5674Loading:############
5675done
5676Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5677=> print loadaddr
5678loadaddr=200000
5679=> print oftaddr
5680oftaddr=0x300000
5681=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5682## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005683 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5684 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5685 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005686 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005687 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005688 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5689 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5690Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5691Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5692Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5693[snip]
5694
5695
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696More About U-Boot Image Types:
5697------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5702 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5703 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5704 the Standalone Program.
5705 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5706 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5707 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5708 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5709 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5710 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5711 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5712 being started.
5713 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5714 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5715 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5716 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5717 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5718 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5721 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5722 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5723 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5724 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5725 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5728 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5729 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005730
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5732 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5733 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5734 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005735
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005736Booting the Linux zImage:
5737-------------------------
5738
5739On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5740using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5741as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5742
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005743Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005744kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5745address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5746format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5747
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749Standalone HOWTO:
5750=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005751
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5753run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5754U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758"Hello World" Demo:
5759-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5762application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5763It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5764like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766 => loads
5767 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5768 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5769 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5770 [file transfer complete]
5771 [connected]
5772 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5775 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5776 Hello World
5777 argc = 7
5778 argv[0] = "40004"
5779 argv[1] = "Hello"
5780 argv[2] = "World!"
5781 argv[3] = "This"
5782 argv[4] = "is"
5783 argv[5] = "a"
5784 argv[6] = "test."
5785 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5786 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005787
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5791handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5792Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5793The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5794character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5795controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5798 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5799 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5800 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802 => loads
5803 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5804 ~>examples/timer.srec
5805 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5806 [file transfer complete]
5807 [connected]
5808 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005809
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810 => go 40004
5811 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5812 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5813 Using timer 1
5814 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005815
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816Hit 'b':
5817 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5818 Enabling timer
5819Hit '?':
5820 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5821 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5822Hit '?':
5823 [q, b, e, ?] .
5824 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5825Hit '?':
5826 [q, b, e, ?] .
5827 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5828Hit '?':
5829 [q, b, e, ?] .
5830 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5831Hit 'e':
5832 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5833Hit 'q':
5834 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005836
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837Minicom warning:
5838================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5841"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5842consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5843Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5844especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005845use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5846http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5847for help with kermit.
5848
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5851configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005852
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005853 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5854 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5855 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005856
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005857
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858NetBSD Notes:
5859=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005860
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005861Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5862(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005863
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5865NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5866need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5867Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5868attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5869missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005870
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5872 # mkdir powerpc
5873 # ln -s powerpc machine
5874 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5875 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005876
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5878and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5881stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5882proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5883tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005884meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005886
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887Implementation Internals:
5888=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5891implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5892inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5893hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005895
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005896Initial Stack, Global Data:
5897---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005898
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5900starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5901system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5902This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5903is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5904at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5905options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5906models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5907MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5908locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005910 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005911 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5914 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5915 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5916 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5919 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5920 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5921 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5922 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005923 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005924 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5925 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5928 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005929 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5931 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5932 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5933 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005935 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5937 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005938 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5940 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5941 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5942 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5943 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005944
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945 -Chris Hallinan
5946 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005947
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5949code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005950
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5952 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005953
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005954* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5956 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005957
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005958* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5959 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5962normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5963turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5964simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5965functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5966functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5967the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5968place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5969reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005971When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5972relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5973GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5976 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005977 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5979 R5-R10: parameter passing
5980 R13: small data area pointer
5981 R30: GOT pointer
5982 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005984 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5985 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5986 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005988 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5991 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5992 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5993 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5994 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5995 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005997On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005998 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5999
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006000 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006001
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006002On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 R0: function argument word/integer result
6005 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006006 R9: platform specific
6007 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006008 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6009 R12: temporary workspace
6010 R13: stack pointer
6011 R14: link register
6012 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006013
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006014 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6015
6016 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006017
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006018On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6019 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6020
6021 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6022
6023 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6024 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6025
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006026On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6027
6028 R0-R1: argument/return
6029 R2-R5: argument
6030 R15: temporary register for assembler
6031 R16: trampoline register
6032 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6033 R29: global pointer (GP)
6034 R30: link register (LP)
6035 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6036 PC: program counter (PC)
6037
6038 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6039
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006040NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6041or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043Memory Management:
6044------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006045
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006046U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6047MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6050controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6051memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6052physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006054U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6055TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6056booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6057to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006058memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6060Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006061
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006062Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6063of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006064
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006065So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6066this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6069 :
6070 0x0000 1FFF
6071 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6072 :
6073 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006074
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075 :
6076 :
6077 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6078 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6079 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6080 :
6081 0x00FD FFFF
6082 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6083 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6084 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6085 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006086
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006087
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088System Initialization:
6089----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006092(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006093configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6094To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6095To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6096initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6097which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6098part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6099the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6102preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6103(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6104on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6105programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6106simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6107banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006108
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006109When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6110different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6111bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
61120x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6113contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006115Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6116and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6117Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6118pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006119
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6121until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6122running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6123new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006125
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006126U-Boot Porting Guide:
6127----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6130list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006132
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006133int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006134{
6135 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006136
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006137 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6138 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006140 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006141 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142 return 0;
6143 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006144
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006145 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00006146
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006147 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006148
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006149 if (clueless)
6150 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006151
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006152 while (learning) {
6153 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006154 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6155 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006156 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006157 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006158 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006159
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006160 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6161 Buy a BDI3000;
6162 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006163 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006165 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6166 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6167 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6168 } else {
6169 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6170 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6171 }
6172 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6173 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006174
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006175 while (!accepted) {
6176 while (!running) {
6177 do {
6178 Add / modify source code;
6179 } until (compiles);
6180 Debug;
6181 if (clueless)
6182 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6183 }
6184 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6185 if (reasonable critiques)
6186 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6187 else
6188 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006189 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006191 return 0;
6192}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006193
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006194void no_more_time (int sig)
6195{
6196 hire_a_guru();
6197}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006199
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006200Coding Standards:
6201-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006202
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006203All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006204coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006205"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006206
6207Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6208MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6209reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6210sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006211
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006212Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6213Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6214in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006216Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6217- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006218- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006219- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006220- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006221- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6224with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006226
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006227Submitting Patches:
6228-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006229
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006230Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6231establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6232may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006233
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006234Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006235
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006236Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6237see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006239When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6240it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006241
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006242* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6243 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6244 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006245
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006246* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6247 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006250
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006251* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006253* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6254 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6257 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006258
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006259* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6260 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006261 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006262 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6263 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006264
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006265 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6266 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6267 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006268
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006269 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6270 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6271 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6272 affected files).
6273
6274 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6275 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006276
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006277* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6278 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006279
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006280* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6281 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006282
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006283
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006284Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006285
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006286* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6287 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6288 for any of the boards.
6289
6290* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6291 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6292 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006293
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006294* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6295 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6296 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6297 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6298 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6299 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006300
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006301* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6302 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6303 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6304 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.